Merge "Special:RC filter: userExpLevel"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @since 1.22
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
765 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
766 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
767 * for non-specified types.
768 *
769 * @par Example:
770 * @code
771 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
772 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
773 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
774 * ];
775 * @endcode
776 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
777 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
778 */
779 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
780
781 /**
782 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
783 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
784 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
785 * @since 1.26
786 */
787 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
788
789 /**
790 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
791 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
792 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
793 *
794 * @par Example:
795 * @code
796 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
797 * @endcode
798 */
799 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
800
801 /**
802 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
803 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
804 * appended to it as appropriate.
805 */
806 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
810 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
811 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
812 * access to the thumbnail path.
813 *
814 * @par Example:
815 * @code
816 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
817 * @endcode
818 */
819 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
820
821 /**
822 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
823 */
824 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
825
826 /**
827 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
828 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
829 *
830 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
831 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
832 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
833 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
834 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
835 *
836 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
837 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
838 */
839 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
840
841 /**
842 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
843 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
844 * directory layout.
845 */
846 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
847
848 /**
849 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
850 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
851 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
852 * image description page on this wiki.
853 *
854 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
855 */
856 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
857
858 /**
859 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
860 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
861 *
862 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
863 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
864 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
865 */
866 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
867
868 /**
869 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
870 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
871 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
872 */
873 $wgFileBlacklist = [
874 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
875 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
876 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
877 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
878 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
879 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
880 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
881 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
882
883 /**
884 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
885 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
886 */
887 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
888 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
889 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
890 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
891 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
892 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
893 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
894 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
895 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
896 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
897 'application/x-msmetafile',
898 ];
899
900 /**
901 * Allow Java archive uploads.
902 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
903 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
904 */
905 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
906
907 /**
908 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
909 *
910 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
911 */
912 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
913
914 /**
915 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
916 * by $wgFileExtensions.
917 *
918 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
919 */
920 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
921
922 /**
923 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
924 *
925 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
926 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
927 */
928 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
929
930 /**
931 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
932 */
933 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
934
935 /**
936 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
937 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
938 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
939 *
940 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
941 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
942 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
943 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
944 */
945 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
946 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
947 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
948 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
949 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
950 "application/pdf", // PDF files
951 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
952 ];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for media file type handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
957 *
958 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
959 * and extensions should use extension.json.
960 */
961 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
962
963 /**
964 * Plugins for page content model handling.
965 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
966 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
967 *
968 * @since 1.21
969 */
970 $wgContentHandlers = [
971 // the usual case
972 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
973 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
975 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
976 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
977 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
978 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
979 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
980 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
981 ];
982
983 /**
984 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
985 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
986 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
987 */
988 $wgUseImageResize = true;
989
990 /**
991 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
992 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
993 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
994 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
995 *
996 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
997 */
998 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1002 */
1003 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1004
1005 /**
1006 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1007 * @since 1.27
1008 */
1009 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1013 */
1014 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1015
1016 /**
1017 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1018 */
1019 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1020
1021 /**
1022 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1023 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1024 */
1025 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1029 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1030 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1031 *
1032 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1033 * @code
1034 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1035 * @endcode
1036 *
1037 * Leave as false to skip this.
1038 */
1039 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1040
1041 /**
1042 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1043 *
1044 * @since 1.21
1045 */
1046 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1050 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1051 * at sharp edges.
1052 *
1053 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1054 *
1055 * Supported values:
1056 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1057 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1058 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1059 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1060 *
1061 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1062 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1063 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1064 *
1065 * @since 1.27
1066 */
1067 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1068
1069 /**
1070 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1071 * image formats.
1072 */
1073 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1077 *
1078 * @since 1.26
1079 */
1080 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1081
1082 /**
1083 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1084 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1085 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1086 *
1087 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1088 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1089 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1090 */
1091 $wgSVGConverters = [
1092 'ImageMagick' =>
1093 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1094 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1096 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1097 . '$output $input',
1098 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1099 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1100 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1101 ];
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1105 */
1106 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1107
1108 /**
1109 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1112
1113 /**
1114 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1115 */
1116 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1120 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1121 */
1122 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1126 *
1127 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1128 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1129 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1130 *
1131 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1132 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1133 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1134 */
1135 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1139 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1140 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1141 *
1142 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1143 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1144 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1145 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1146 *
1147 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1148 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1149 */
1150 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1154 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1155 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1156 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1157 */
1158 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1162 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1163 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1164 *
1165 * @par Example:
1166 * @code
1167 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1169 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1170 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1171 * @endcode
1172 */
1173 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1174
1175 /**
1176 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1177 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1178 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1179 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1180 */
1181 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1182
1183 /**
1184 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1185 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1186 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1187 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1188 */
1189 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1193 * output instead of showing an error message.
1194 *
1195 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1196 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1197 *
1198 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1199 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1200 * are logged to a file for review.
1201 */
1202 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1206 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1207 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1208 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1209 * webserver(s).
1210 */
1211 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1212
1213 /**
1214 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1215 */
1216 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1220 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1221 * is available that can rotate.
1222 */
1223 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1227 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1228 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1229 */
1230 $wgAntivirus = null;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1234 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1235 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1236 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1237 *
1238 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1239 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1240 *
1241 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1242 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1243 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1244 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1246 * path.
1247 *
1248 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1249 * function in SpecialUpload.
1250 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1251 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1252 * is not set.
1253 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1254 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1255 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1256 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1257 * no virus was found.
1258 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1259 * a virus.
1260 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1261 *
1262 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1263 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1264 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1265 */
1266 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1267
1268 # setup for clamav
1269 'clamav' => [
1270 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1271 'codemap' => [
1272 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1273 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1274 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1275 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1276 ],
1277 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1278 ],
1279 ];
1280
1281 /**
1282 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1285
1286 /**
1287 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1288 */
1289 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1295 */
1296 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1297
1298 /**
1299 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1300 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1301 */
1302 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1306 * the MIME type to standard output.
1307 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1308 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1309 *
1310 * @par Example:
1311 * @code
1312 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1313 * @endcode
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1319 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1320 * can be trusted.
1321 */
1322 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1323
1324 /**
1325 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1326 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1327 */
1328 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1329 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1331 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1332 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1334 ];
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1338 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1339 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1340 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1341 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1342 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1343 */
1344 $wgImageLimits = [
1345 [ 320, 240 ],
1346 [ 640, 480 ],
1347 [ 800, 600 ],
1348 [ 1024, 768 ],
1349 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1350 ];
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1354 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1355 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1356 */
1357 $wgThumbLimits = [
1358 120,
1359 150,
1360 180,
1361 200,
1362 250,
1363 300
1364 ];
1365
1366 /**
1367 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1368 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1369 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1370 *
1371 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1372 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1373 * supports it.
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1379 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1380 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1381 * following buckets:
1382 *
1383 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1384 *
1385 * and a distance of 50:
1386 *
1387 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1388 *
1389 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1390 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1391 */
1392 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1396 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1397 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1398 *
1399 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.25
1402 */
1403
1404 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1405
1406 /**
1407 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1408 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1409 *
1410 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1411 * thumbnail's URL.
1412 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1413 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1421 *
1422 * @since 1.25
1423 */
1424 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1428 * HTTP request to.
1429 *
1430 * @since 1.25
1431 */
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1433
1434 /**
1435 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1436 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1437 *
1438 * @since 1.26
1439 */
1440 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1441
1442 /**
1443 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1444 */
1445 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1447 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1449 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1450 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1451 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1452 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1453 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1454 'mode' => 'traditional',
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1594 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1595 */
1596 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1600 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1601 */
1602 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1606 */
1607 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1611 */
1612 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1616 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1622 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1625
1626 /**
1627 * SMTP Mode.
1628 *
1629 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1630 * Default to false or fill an array :
1631 *
1632 * @code
1633 * $wgSMTP = [
1634 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1635 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1636 * 'port' => '25',
1637 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1638 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1639 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1640 * ];
1641 * @endcode
1642 */
1643 $wgSMTP = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1647 */
1648 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1652 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1653 */
1654 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1658 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1659 */
1660 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1661
1662 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1663 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1664 # enable or disable at their discretion
1665 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1666 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1670 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1671 * spam relay.
1672 */
1673 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1682 * user talk page.
1683 *
1684 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1685 * preference set to true.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1691 * allowed this in the preferences.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1697 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1700 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1701 *
1702 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1703 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1706 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1707 */
1708 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1712 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1713 *
1714 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1715 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1721 * match the limit on your mail server.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1727 */
1728 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1729
1730 /**
1731 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1732 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1733 */
1734 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1735
1736 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1737
1738 /************************************************************************//**
1739 * @name Database settings
1740 * @{
1741 */
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database host name or IP address
1745 */
1746 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1750 */
1751 $wgDBport = 5432;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Name of the database
1755 */
1756 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database username
1760 */
1761 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Database user's password
1765 */
1766 $wgDBpassword = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Database type
1770 */
1771 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBssl = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1785 *
1786 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1787 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1788 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1789 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBcompress = false;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1795 */
1796 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1800 */
1801 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Search type.
1805 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1806 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1807 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1808 */
1809 $wgSearchType = null;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Alternative search types
1813 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1814 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1815 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1816 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1817 */
1818 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Table name prefix
1822 */
1823 $wgDBprefix = '';
1824
1825 /**
1826 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1827 */
1828 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1829
1830 /**
1831 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1832 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1833 * DBA has done his best job.
1834 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLMode = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Mediawiki schema
1840 */
1841 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1845 */
1846 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1850 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1851 * main database.
1852 *
1853 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1854 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1855 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1856 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1859 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1860 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBprefix.
1864 *
1865 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1866 * $wgDBmwschema.
1867 *
1868 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1869 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1870 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1871 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedDB = null;
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 */
1878 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @see $wgSharedDB
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1884
1885 /**
1886 * @see $wgSharedDB
1887 * @since 1.23
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Database load balancer
1893 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1894 * Fields are:
1895 * - host: Host name
1896 * - dbname: Default database name
1897 * - user: DB user
1898 * - password: DB password
1899 * - type: DB type
1900 *
1901 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1902 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1903 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1904 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1905 *
1906 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1907 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1908 *
1909 * - flags: bit field
1910 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1911 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1912 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1913 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1914 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1915 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1916 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1917 * if available
1918 *
1919 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1920 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1921 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1922 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1923 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1924 *
1925 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1926 * variable of the Database object.
1927 *
1928 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1929 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1930 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1931 *
1932 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1933 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1934 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1935 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1936 *
1937 * @code
1938 * SET @@read_only=1;
1939 * @endcode
1940 *
1941 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1942 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1943 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1944 */
1945 $wgDBservers = false;
1946
1947 /**
1948 * Load balancer factory configuration
1949 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1950 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1951 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1952 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1953 *
1954 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1955 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1956 */
1957 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1958
1959 /**
1960 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1961 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1962 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1963 * @since 1.27
1964 */
1965 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * File to log database errors to
1969 */
1970 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1974 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1975 *
1976 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1977 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1978 *
1979 * @par Examples:
1980 * @code
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1986 * @endcode
1987 *
1988 * @since 1.20
1989 */
1990 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1994 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1995 *
1996 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1997 *
1998 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1999 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2000 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2001 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2002 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2003 *
2004 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2005 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2006 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2007 */
2008 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2009
2010 /**
2011 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2012 *
2013 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2014 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2015 * block).
2016 *
2017 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2018 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2019 * connections.
2020 *
2021 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2022 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2023 * pooled.
2024 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2025 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2026 *
2027 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2028 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2029 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2030 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2031 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2032 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2033 *
2034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2348 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2349 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2350 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2351 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2352 *
2353 * The options are:
2354 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2355 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2356 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2357 *
2358 * @since 1.26
2359 */
2360 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2361
2362 /**
2363 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2364 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2365 */
2366 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2370 */
2371 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2372
2373 /**
2374 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2375 */
2376 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2377
2378 /**
2379 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2380 */
2381 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2382
2383 /**
2384 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2385 *
2386 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2387 *
2388 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2389 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2390 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2391 * others' cookies.
2392 *
2393 * @since 1.27
2394 * @var string
2395 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2396 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2397 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2398 */
2399 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2400
2401 /**
2402 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2403 *
2404 * @since 1.28
2405 */
2406 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2407
2408 /**
2409 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2410 */
2411 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2415 */
2416 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2420 * requests.
2421 */
2422 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2423
2424 /**
2425 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2426 */
2427 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2428
2429 /**
2430 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2431 *
2432 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2433 *
2434 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2435 *
2436 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2437 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2438 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2439 */
2440 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2444 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2445 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2446 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2447 */
2448 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2452 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2453 *
2454 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2455 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2456 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2457 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2458 * otherwise the database will be used.
2459 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2460 * store static arrays.
2461 *
2462 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2463 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2464 *
2465 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2466 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2467 * will be used.
2468 *
2469 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2470 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2471 */
2472 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2473 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2474 'store' => 'detect',
2475 'storeClass' => false,
2476 'storeDirectory' => false,
2477 'manualRecache' => false,
2478 ];
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2482 */
2483 $wgCachePages = true;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2487 * client-side and server-side caching.
2488 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2489 * @verbatim
2490 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2491 * @endverbatim
2492 */
2493 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2494
2495 /**
2496 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2497 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2498 */
2499 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2500
2501 /**
2502 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2503 *
2504 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2505 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2506 * styles.
2507 */
2508 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2509
2510 /**
2511 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2512 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2513 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2514 */
2515 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2516
2517 /**
2518 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2519 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2520 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2521 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2522 */
2523 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2524
2525 /**
2526 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2527 * @deprecated since 1.26
2528 */
2529 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2530
2531 /**
2532 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2533 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2534 */
2535 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2536
2537 /**
2538 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2539 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2540 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2541 *
2542 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2543 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2544 * don't update as expected.
2545 */
2546 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2550 */
2551 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2552
2553 /**
2554 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2555 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2556 *
2557 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2558 */
2559 $wgUseGzip = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2563 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2564 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2565 * a grace period.
2566 */
2567 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2568
2569 /**
2570 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2571 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2572 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2573 *
2574 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2575 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2576 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2577 */
2578 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2582 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2583 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2584 *
2585 * @par Example:
2586 * @code
2587 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2588 * @endcode
2589 *
2590 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2591 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2592 *
2593 * @var int|bool
2594 */
2595 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2596
2597 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2598
2599 /************************************************************************//**
2600 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2601 *
2602 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2603 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2604 *
2605 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2606 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2607 * more details.
2608 *
2609 * @{
2610 */
2611
2612 /**
2613 * Enable/disable CDN.
2614 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2615 */
2616 $wgUseSquid = false;
2617
2618 /**
2619 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2620 */
2621 $wgUseESI = false;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2625 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2626 * @since 1.27
2627 */
2628 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2632 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2633 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2634 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2635 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2636 * HTTP redirects.
2637 */
2638 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2642 *
2643 * @par Example:
2644 * @code
2645 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2646 * @endcode
2647 */
2648 $wgInternalServer = false;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2652 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2653 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2654 *
2655 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2656 */
2657 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2658
2659 /**
2660 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2661 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2662 * @since 1.27
2663 */
2664 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2665
2666 /**
2667 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2668 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2669 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2670 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2671 *
2672 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2673 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2674 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2675 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2676 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2677 *
2678 * @since 1.27
2679 */
2680 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2684 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2685 * @since 1.27
2686 */
2687 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2691 *
2692 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2693 */
2694 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2695
2696 /**
2697 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2698 *
2699 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2700 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2701 *
2702 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2703 */
2704 $wgSquidServers = [];
2705
2706 /**
2707 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2708 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2709 * CIDR blocks.
2710 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2711 */
2712 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2713
2714 /**
2715 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2716 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2717 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2718 *
2719 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2720 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2721 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2722 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2723 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2724 *
2725 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2726 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2727 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2728 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2729 * reverse).
2730 *
2731 * @since 1.21
2732 */
2733 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2734
2735 /**
2736 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2737 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2738 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2739 *
2740 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2741 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2742 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2743 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2744 *
2745 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2746 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2747 * @code
2748 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2749 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2750 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2751 * 'port' => 4827,
2752 * ],
2753 * '' => [
2754 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2755 * 'port' => 4827,
2756 * ],
2757 * ];
2758 * @endcode
2759 *
2760 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2761 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2762 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2763 *
2764 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2765 * @code
2766 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2767 * '' => [
2768 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2769 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2770 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2771 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2772 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2773 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2774 * ],
2775 * ];
2776 * @endcode
2777 *
2778 * @since 1.22
2779 *
2780 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2781 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2782 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2783 *
2784 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2785 */
2786 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2787
2788 /**
2789 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2790 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2791 */
2792 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2793
2794 /**
2795 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2796 */
2797 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2798
2799 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2800
2801 /************************************************************************//**
2802 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2803 * @{
2804 */
2805
2806 /**
2807 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2808 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2809 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2810 *
2811 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2812 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2813 *
2814 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2815 * change it in their preferences.
2816 *
2817 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2818 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2819 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2820 */
2821 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2822
2823 /**
2824 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2825 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2826 */
2827 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2828
2829 /**
2830 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2831 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2832 *
2833 * @par Example:
2834 * @code
2835 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2836 * @endcode
2837 */
2838 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2839
2840 /**
2841 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2842 */
2843 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2844
2845 /**
2846 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2847 */
2848 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2849
2850 /**
2851 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2852 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2853 * Notes:
2854 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2855 * map.
2856 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2857 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2858 * this array.
2859 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2860 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2861 * the prefix in this array.
2862 */
2863 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2864
2865 /**
2866 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2867 */
2868 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2869
2870 /**
2871 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2872 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2873 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2874 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2875 */
2876 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2877 'als' => 'gsw',
2878 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2879 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2880 'bh' => 'bho',
2881 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2882 'no' => 'nb',
2883 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2884 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2885 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2886 'simple' => 'en',
2887 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2888 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2889 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2890 ];
2891
2892 /**
2893 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2894 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2895 * set to "ar".
2896 *
2897 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2898 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2899 */
2900 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2901
2902 /**
2903 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2904 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2905 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2906 * support these characters.
2907 *
2908 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2909 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2910 */
2911 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2912
2913 /**
2914 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2915 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2916 * impact.
2917 *
2918 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2919 * details.
2920 *
2921 * @since 1.17
2922 */
2923 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2924
2925 /**
2926 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2927 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2928 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2929 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2930 *
2931 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2932 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2933 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2934 */
2935 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2936
2937 /**
2938 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2939 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2940 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2941 */
2942 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2943 /**
2944 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2945 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2946 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2947 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2948 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2949 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2950 *
2951 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2952 */
2953 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2954 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2955 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2956
2957 /**
2958 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2959 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2960 *
2961 * Known useragents:
2962 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2963 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2964 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2965 * - [...]
2966 *
2967 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2968 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2969 */
2970 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2971
2972 /**
2973 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2974 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2975 */
2976 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2977 ];
2978
2979 /**
2980 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2981 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2982 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2983 *
2984 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2985 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2986 * to remain viewable.
2987 *
2988 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2989 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2990 */
2991 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2992
2993 /**
2994 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2995 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2996 */
2997 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2998
2999 /**
3000 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3001 * numerals in interface.
3002 */
3003 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3004
3005 /**
3006 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3007 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3008 */
3009 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3010
3011 /**
3012 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3013 */
3014 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3018 */
3019 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3020
3021 /**
3022 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3023 */
3024 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3025
3026 /**
3027 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3028 */
3029 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3033 */
3034 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3038 *
3039 * @par Example:
3040 * @code
3041 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3042 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3043 * @endcode
3044 */
3045 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3046
3047 /**
3048 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3049 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3050 * language variant.
3051 *
3052 * @par Example:
3053 * @code
3054 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3055 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3056 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3057 * @endcode
3058 *
3059 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3060 *
3061 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3062 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3063 */
3064 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3065
3066 /**
3067 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3068 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3069 * customise these.
3070 */
3071 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3072
3073 /**
3074 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3075 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3076 *
3077 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3078 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3079 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3080 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3081 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3082 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3083 * the default behavior.
3084 *
3085 * @par Example:
3086 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3087 * portal:
3088 * @code
3089 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3090 * @endcode
3091 */
3092 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3093
3094 /**
3095 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3096 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3097 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3098 *
3099 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3100 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3101 *
3102 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3103 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3104 *
3105 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3106 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3107 *
3108 * @par Examples:
3109 * @code
3110 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3111 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3112 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3113 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3114 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3115 * @endcode
3116 */
3117 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3121 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3122 *
3123 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3124 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3125 *
3126 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3127 */
3128 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3129
3130 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3131
3132 /*************************************************************************//**
3133 * @name Output format and skin settings
3134 * @{
3135 */
3136
3137 /**
3138 * The default Content-Type header.
3139 */
3140 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3141
3142 /**
3143 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3144 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3145 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3146 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3147 * @deprecated since 1.22
3148 */
3149 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3150
3151 /**
3152 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3153 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3154 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3155 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3156 * @deprecated since 1.22
3157 */
3158 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3159
3160 /**
3161 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3162 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3163 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3164 * to true by Setup.php.
3165 * @deprecated since 1.22
3166 */
3167 $wgHtml5 = true;
3168
3169 /**
3170 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3171 *
3172 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3173 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3174 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3175 * @since 1.16
3176 */
3177 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3178
3179 /**
3180 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3181 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3182 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3183 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3184 * @since 1.24
3185 */
3186 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3187
3188 /**
3189 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3190 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3191 * stable and change has been communicated.
3192 * @since 1.24
3193 */
3194 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3195
3196 /**
3197 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3198 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3199 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3200 *
3201 * @since 1.28
3202 */
3203 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3204
3205 /**
3206 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3207 *
3208 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3209 *
3210 * @par Example:
3211 * @code
3212 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3213 * @endcode
3214 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3215 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3216 *
3217 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3218 */
3219 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3223 *
3224 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3225 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3226 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3227 */
3228 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3229
3230 /**
3231 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3232 */
3233 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3234
3235 /**
3236 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3237 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3238 */
3239 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3240
3241 /**
3242 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3243 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3244 */
3245 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3246
3247 /**
3248 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3249 *
3250 * @since 1.24
3251 */
3252 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3256 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3257 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3258 */
3259 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3260
3261 /**
3262 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3263 */
3264 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3265
3266 /**
3267 * Allow user Javascript page?
3268 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3269 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3270 */
3271 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3275 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3276 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3277 */
3278 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3282 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3283 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3284 */
3285 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3289 */
3290 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3291
3292 /**
3293 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3294 */
3295 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3296
3297 /**
3298 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3299 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3300 */
3301 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3302
3303 /**
3304 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3305 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3306 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3307 *
3308 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3309 *
3310 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3311 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3312 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3313 *
3314 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3315 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3316 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3317 * recommended.
3318 *
3319 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3320 * not just edit pages.
3321 */
3322 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3323
3324 /**
3325 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3326 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3327 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3328 * Options are:
3329 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3330 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3331 * - false: Allow all framing.
3332 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3333 */
3334 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3338 */
3339 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3340
3341 /**
3342 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3343 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3344 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3345 *
3346 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3347 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3348 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3349 */
3350 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3351
3352 /**
3353 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3354 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3355 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3356 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3357 *
3358 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3359 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3360 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3361 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3362 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3363 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3364 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3365 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3366 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3367 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3368 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3369 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3370 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3371 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3372 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3373 * not be outputted
3374 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3375 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3376 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3377 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3378 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3379 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3380 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3381 */
3382 $wgFooterIcons = [
3383 "copyright" => [
3384 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3385 ],
3386 "poweredby" => [
3387 "mediawiki" => [
3388 // Defaults to point at
3389 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3390 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3391 "src" => null,
3392 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3393 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3394 ]
3395 ],
3396 ];
3397
3398 /**
3399 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3400 * to create an account.
3401 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3402 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3403 */
3404 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3408 */
3409 $wgEdititis = false;
3410
3411 /**
3412 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3413 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3414 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3415 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3416 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3417 *
3418 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3419 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3420 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3421 */
3422 $wgSend404Code = true;
3423
3424 /**
3425 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3426 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3427 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3428 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3429 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3430 *
3431 * @since 1.20
3432 */
3433 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3434
3435 /**
3436 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3437 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3438 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3439 * unconditionally.
3440 */
3441 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3442
3443 /**
3444 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3445 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3446 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3447 * the domain root.
3448 *
3449 * @since 1.25
3450 */
3451 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3452
3453 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3454
3455 /*************************************************************************//**
3456 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3457 * @{
3458 */
3459
3460 /**
3461 * Client-side resource modules.
3462 *
3463 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3464 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3465 *
3466 * @par Example:
3467 * @code
3468 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3469 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3470 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3471 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3472 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3473 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3474 * ];
3475 * @endcode
3476 */
3477 $wgResourceModules = [];
3478
3479 /**
3480 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3481 *
3482 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3483 * not be modified or disabled.
3484 *
3485 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3486 *
3487 * @par Example:
3488 * @code
3489 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3490 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3491 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3492 * ];
3493 *
3494 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3495 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3496 * ];
3497 * @endcode
3498 *
3499 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3500 *
3501 * @par Equivalent:
3502 * @code
3503 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3504 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3505 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3506 * 'skinStyles' => [
3507 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3508 * ],
3509 * ];
3510 * @endcode
3511 *
3512 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3513 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3514 *
3515 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3516 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3517 *
3518 * @par Example:
3519 * @code
3520 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3521 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3522 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3523 * 'skinStyles' => [
3524 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3525 * ],
3526 * ];
3527 * // Note the '+' character:
3528 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3529 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3530 * ];
3531 * @endcode
3532 *
3533 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3534 *
3535 * @par Equivalent:
3536 * @code
3537 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3538 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3539 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3540 * 'skinStyles' => [
3541 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3542 * 'foo' => [
3543 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3544 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3545 * ],
3546 * ],
3547 * ];
3548 * @endcode
3549 *
3550 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3551 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3552 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3553 *
3554 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3555 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3556 *
3557 * @par Example:
3558 * @code
3559 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3560 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3561 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3562 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3563 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3564 * ];
3565 * @endcode
3566 */
3567 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3568
3569 /**
3570 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3571 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3572 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3573 *
3574 * @par Example:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3577 * @endcode
3578 */
3579 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3580
3581 /**
3582 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3583 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3584 */
3585 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3586
3587 /**
3588 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3589 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3590 *
3591 * Following options to distinguish:
3592 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3593 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3594 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3595 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3596 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3597 *
3598 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3599 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3600 * client and MediaWiki.
3601 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3602 */
3603 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3604 'versioned' => [
3605 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3606 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3607 ],
3608 'unversioned' => [
3609 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3610 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3611 ],
3612 ];
3613
3614 /**
3615 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3616 *
3617 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3618 */
3619 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3620
3621 /**
3622 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3623 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3624 *
3625 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3626 */
3627 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3628
3629 /**
3630 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3631 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3632 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3633 *
3634 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3635 */
3636 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3637
3638 /**
3639 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3640 *
3641 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3642 */
3643 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3644
3645 /**
3646 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3647 *
3648 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3649 * work.
3650 *
3651 * @par Example of legacy code:
3652 * @code{,js}
3653 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3654 * @endcode
3655 * or:
3656 * @code{,js}
3657 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3658 * @endcode
3659 *
3660 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3661 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3662 * @code{,js}
3663 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3664 * @endcode
3665 * or:
3666 * @code{,js}
3667 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3668 * @endcode
3669 */
3670 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3671
3672 /**
3673 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3674 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3675 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3676 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3677 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3678 * that you can't increase.
3679 *
3680 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3681 * string length limit.
3682 *
3683 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3684 */
3685 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3686
3687 /**
3688 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3689 * prior to minification to validate it.
3690 *
3691 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3692 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3693 */
3694 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3695
3696 /**
3697 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3698 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3699 *
3700 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3701 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3702 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3703 */
3704 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3705
3706 /**
3707 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3708 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3709 *
3710 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3711 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3712 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3713 *
3714 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3715 *
3716 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3717 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3718 *
3719 * @par Example:
3720 * @code
3721 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3722 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3723 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3724 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3725 * ];
3726 * @endcode
3727 * @since 1.22
3728 */
3729 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3730 /**
3731 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3732 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3733 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3734 * @since 1.27
3735 */
3736 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3737 ];
3738
3739 /**
3740 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3741 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3742 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3743 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3744 *
3745 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3746 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3747 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3748 * files from its own tree.
3749 *
3750 * @since 1.22
3751 */
3752 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3753 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3754 ];
3755
3756 /**
3757 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3758 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3759 */
3760 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3761
3762 /**
3763 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3764 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3765 *
3766 * @since 1.23
3767 */
3768 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3769
3770 /**
3771 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3772 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3773 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3774 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3775 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3776 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3777 * from the rest of the site.
3778 *
3779 * @since 1.25
3780 */
3781 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3782
3783 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3784
3785 /*************************************************************************//**
3786 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3787 * @{
3788 */
3789
3790 /**
3791 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3792 * used instead.
3793 */
3794 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3795
3796 /**
3797 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3798 *
3799 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3800 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3801 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3802 */
3803 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3804
3805 /**
3806 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3807 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3808 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3809 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3810 * hook or extension.json.
3811 *
3812 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3813 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3814 * the new namespace name.
3815 *
3816 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3817 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3818 *
3819 * @par Example:
3820 * @code
3821 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3822 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3823 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3824 * 102 => "Aide",
3825 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3826 * ];
3827 * @endcode
3828 *
3829 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3830 */
3831 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3835 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3836 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3837 * @since 1.18
3838 */
3839 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3840
3841 /**
3842 * Namespace aliases.
3843 *
3844 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3845 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3846 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3847 * name.
3848 *
3849 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3850 *
3851 * @par Example:
3852 * @code
3853 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3854 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3855 * 'Help' => 100,
3856 * ];
3857 * @endcode
3858 */
3859 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3863 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3864 *
3865 * Problematic punctuation:
3866 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3867 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3868 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3869 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3870 * corrupted by apache
3871 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3872 *
3873 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3874 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3875 *
3876 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3877 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3878 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3879 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3880 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3881 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3882 *
3883 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3884 *
3885 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3886 * this breaks interlanguage links
3887 */
3888 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3889
3890 /**
3891 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3892 *
3893 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3894 */
3895 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3899 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3900 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3901 *
3902 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3903 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3904 */
3905 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3906
3907 /**
3908 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3909 */
3910 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3911
3912 /**
3913 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3914 * @{
3915 */
3916
3917 /**
3918 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3919 * database (.cdb) file.
3920 *
3921 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3922 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3923 * formats such as the following:
3924 *
3925 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3926 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3927 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3928 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3929 *
3930 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3931 * data layout.
3932 *
3933 * @var bool|array|string
3934 */
3935 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3936
3937 /**
3938 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3939 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3940 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3941 * - 3: site levels
3942 */
3943 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3944
3945 /**
3946 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3947 */
3948 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3949
3950 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3951
3952 /**
3953 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3954 * @{
3955 */
3956
3957 /**
3958 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3959 */
3960 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3961
3962 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3963
3964 /**
3965 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3966 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3967 * as 'redirected from' links.
3968 *
3969 * @par Example:
3970 * It might look something like this:
3971 * @code
3972 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3973 * @endcode
3974 *
3975 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3976 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3977 * the URL.
3978 */
3979 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3980
3981 /**
3982 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3983 *
3984 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3985 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3986 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3987 */
3988 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3989
3990 /**
3991 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3992 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3993 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3994 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3995 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3996 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3997 * NS_FILE.
3998 *
3999 * @par Example:
4000 * @code
4001 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4002 * @endcode
4003 */
4004 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4005
4006 /**
4007 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4008 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4009 */
4010 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4011 NS_TALK => true,
4012 NS_USER => true,
4013 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4014 NS_PROJECT => true,
4015 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4016 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4017 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4018 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4019 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4020 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4021 NS_HELP => true,
4022 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4023 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4024 ];
4025
4026 /**
4027 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4028 *
4029 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4030 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4031 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4032 *
4033 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4034 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4035 *
4036 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4037 * the new extension registration system.
4038 *
4039 * @since 1.23
4040 */
4041 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4045 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4046 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4047 * number of articles in the wiki.
4048 */
4049 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4050
4051 /**
4052 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4053 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4054 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4055 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4056 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4057 */
4058 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4062 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4063 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4064 */
4065 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4069 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4070 * will make the redirect fail.
4071 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4072 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4073 *
4074 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4075 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4076 */
4077 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4078
4079 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4080
4081 /************************************************************************//**
4082 * @name Parser settings
4083 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4084 * @{
4085 */
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4089 *
4090 * class The class name
4091 *
4092 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4093 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4094 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4095 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4096 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4097 *
4098 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4099 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4100 *
4101 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4102 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4103 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4104 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4105 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4106 * an extension setup function.
4107 */
4108 $wgParserConf = [
4109 'class' => 'Parser',
4110 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4111 ];
4112
4113 /**
4114 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4115 */
4116 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4117
4118 /**
4119 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4120 * by PPFrame::expand()
4121 */
4122 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4123
4124 /**
4125 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4126 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4127 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4128 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4129 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4130 *
4131 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4137 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4138 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4139 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4140 */
4141 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4142
4143 /**
4144 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4145 */
4146 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4147
4148 /**
4149 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4150 *
4151 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4152 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4153 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4154 * more information.
4155 *
4156 * @see wfParseUrl
4157 */
4158 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4159 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4160 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4161 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4162 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4163 ];
4164
4165 /**
4166 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4167 */
4168 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4172 */
4173 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4177 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4178 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4179 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4180 *
4181 * @par Examples:
4182 * @code
4183 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4184 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4185 * @endcode
4186 */
4187 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4188
4189 /**
4190 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4191 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4192 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4193 * The image will be displayed.
4194 *
4195 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4196 * Or false to disable it
4197 */
4198 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4202 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4203 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4204 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4205 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4206 * sites they control.
4207 */
4208 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4209
4210 /**
4211 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4212 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4213 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4214 *
4215 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4216 * parameters will be used instead.
4217 *
4218 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4219 *
4220 * Keys are:
4221 * - driver: May be:
4222 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4223 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4224 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4225 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4226 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4227 *
4228 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4229 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4230 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4231 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4232 */
4233 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4234
4235 /**
4236 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4237 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4238 */
4239 $wgUseTidy = false;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * The path to the tidy binary.
4243 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4244 */
4245 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4246
4247 /**
4248 * The path to the tidy config file
4249 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4250 */
4251 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4252
4253 /**
4254 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4255 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4256 */
4257 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4261 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4262 */
4263 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4264
4265 /**
4266 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4267 * Only works for internal tidy.
4268 */
4269 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4273 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4274 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4275 */
4276 $wgRawHtml = false;
4277
4278 /**
4279 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4280 *
4281 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4282 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4283 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4284 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4285 * to some of your users.
4286 */
4287 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4288
4289 /**
4290 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4291 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4292 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4293 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4294 */
4295 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4296
4297 /**
4298 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4299 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4300 */
4301 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4302
4303 /**
4304 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4305 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4306 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4307 *
4308 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4309 *
4310 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4311 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4312 * etc.
4313 *
4314 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4315 */
4316 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4317
4318 /**
4319 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4320 */
4321 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4322
4323 /**
4324 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4325 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4326 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4327 */
4328 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4332 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4333 */
4334 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4338 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4339 */
4340 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4344 */
4345 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4346
4347 /**
4348 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4349 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4350 */
4351 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4352
4353 /**
4354 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4355 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4356 *
4357 * @since 1.28
4358 */
4359 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4360 'ISBN' => false,
4361 'PMID' => false,
4362 'RFC' => false
4363 ];
4364
4365 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4366
4367 /************************************************************************//**
4368 * @name Statistics
4369 * @{
4370 */
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4374 * as a valid article.
4375 *
4376 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4377 *
4378 * This variable can have the following values:
4379 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4380 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4381 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4382 *
4383 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4384 *
4385 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4386 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4387 * script.
4388 */
4389 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4390
4391 /**
4392 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4393 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4394 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4395 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4396 * numbers between different wikis.
4397 */
4398 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4399
4400 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4401
4402 /************************************************************************//**
4403 * @name User accounts, authentication
4404 * @{
4405 */
4406
4407 /**
4408 * Central ID lookup providers
4409 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4410 * @since 1.27
4411 */
4412 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4413 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4414 ];
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4418 * @var string
4419 */
4420 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4421
4422 /**
4423 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4424 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4425 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4426 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4427 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4428 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4429 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4430 * Statements:
4431 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4432 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4433 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4434 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4435 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4436 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4437 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4438 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4439 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4440 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4441 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4442 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4443 * @since 1.26
4444 */
4445 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4446 'policies' => [
4447 'bureaucrat' => [
4448 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4449 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4450 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4451 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4452 ],
4453 'sysop' => [
4454 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4455 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4457 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4458 ],
4459 'bot' => [
4460 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4461 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4462 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4463 ],
4464 'default' => [
4465 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4466 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4467 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4468 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4469 ],
4470 ],
4471 'checks' => [
4472 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4473 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4474 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4475 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4476 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4477 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4478 ],
4479 ];
4480
4481 /**
4482 * Configure AuthManager
4483 *
4484 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4485 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4486 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4487 * (default is 0).
4488 *
4489 * Elements are:
4490 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4491 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4492 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4493 *
4494 * @since 1.27
4495 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4496 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4497 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4498 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4499 */
4500 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4501
4502 /**
4503 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4504 * @since 1.27
4505 */
4506 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4507 'preauth' => [
4508 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4509 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4510 'sort' => 0,
4511 ],
4512 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4513 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4514 'sort' => 0,
4515 ],
4516 ],
4517 'primaryauth' => [
4518 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4519 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4520 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4521 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4522 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4523 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4524 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4525 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4526 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4527 'args' => [ [
4528 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4529 'authoritative' => false,
4530 ] ],
4531 'sort' => 0,
4532 ],
4533 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4534 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4535 'args' => [ [
4536 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4537 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4538 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4539 // password") if it too fails.
4540 'authoritative' => true,
4541 ] ],
4542 'sort' => 100,
4543 ],
4544 ],
4545 'secondaryauth' => [
4546 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4547 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4548 'sort' => 0,
4549 ],
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'sort' => 100,
4553 ],
4554 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4555 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4556 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4557 // 'sort' => 100,
4558 // ],
4559 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4560 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4561 'sort' => 200,
4562 ],
4563 ],
4564 ];
4565
4566 /**
4567 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4568 *
4569 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4570 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4571 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4572 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4573 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4574 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4575 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4576 * that needs to do this.
4577 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4578 * the last X seconds.
4579 * - Come up with a third option.
4580 *
4581 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4582 * "X seconds".
4583 *
4584 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4585 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4586 * - LinkAccounts
4587 * - UnlinkAccount
4588 * - ChangeCredentials
4589 * - RemoveCredentials
4590 * - ChangeEmail
4591 *
4592 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4593 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4594 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4595 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4596 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4597 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4598 *
4599 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4600 *
4601 * @since 1.27
4602 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4603 */
4604 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4605 'default' => 300,
4606 ];
4607
4608 /**
4609 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4610 *
4611 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4612 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4613 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4614 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4615 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4616 *
4617 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4618 *
4619 * @since 1.27
4620 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4621 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4622 */
4623 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4624 'default' => true,
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4629 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4630 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4631 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4632 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4633 * @since 1.27
4634 * @var string[]
4635 */
4636 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4637 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4638 ];
4639
4640 /**
4641 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4642 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4643 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4644 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4645 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4646 * @since 1.27
4647 * @var string[]
4648 */
4649 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4650 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4651 ];
4652
4653 /**
4654 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4655 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4656 */
4657 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4658
4659 /**
4660 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4661 * words are allowed.
4662 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4663 */
4664 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4665
4666 /**
4667 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4668 *
4669 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4670 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4671 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4672 *
4673 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4674 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4675 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4676 */
4677 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4678
4679 /**
4680 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4681 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4682 * @since 1.23
4683 */
4684 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4685
4686 /**
4687 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4688 *
4689 * @since 1.24
4690 */
4691 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4692
4693 /**
4694 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4695 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4696 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4697 *
4698 * An advanced example:
4699 * @code
4700 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4701 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4702 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4703 * 'secrets' => [],
4704 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4705 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4706 * 'cost' => 5,
4707 * ];
4708 * @endcode
4709 *
4710 * @since 1.24
4711 */
4712 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4713 'A' => [
4714 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4715 ],
4716 'B' => [
4717 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4718 ],
4719 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4720 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4721 'types' => [
4722 'A',
4723 'pbkdf2',
4724 ],
4725 ],
4726 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4727 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4728 'types' => [
4729 'B',
4730 'pbkdf2',
4731 ],
4732 ],
4733 'bcrypt' => [
4734 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4735 'cost' => 9,
4736 ],
4737 'pbkdf2' => [
4738 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4739 'algo' => 'sha512',
4740 'cost' => '30000',
4741 'length' => '64',
4742 ],
4743 ];
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4747 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4748 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4749 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4750 */
4751 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4752 'username' => true,
4753 'email' => true,
4754 ];
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4758 */
4759 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4760
4761 /**
4762 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4763 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4764 */
4765 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4766
4767 /**
4768 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4769 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4770 */
4771 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4772 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4773 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4774 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4775 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4776 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4777 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4778 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4779 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4780 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4781 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4782 ];
4783
4784 /**
4785 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4786 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4787 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4788 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4789 */
4790 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4791 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4792 'cols' => 80,
4793 'date' => 'default',
4794 'diffonly' => 0,
4795 'disablemail' => 0,
4796 'editfont' => 'default',
4797 'editondblclick' => 0,
4798 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4799 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4800 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4801 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4802 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4803 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4804 'fancysig' => 0,
4805 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4806 'gender' => 'unknown',
4807 'hideminor' => 0,
4808 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4809 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4810 'imagesize' => 2,
4811 'math' => 1,
4812 'minordefault' => 0,
4813 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4814 'nickname' => '',
4815 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4816 'numberheadings' => 0,
4817 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4818 'previewontop' => 1,
4819 'rcdays' => 7,
4820 'rclimit' => 50,
4821 'rows' => 25,
4822 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4823 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4824 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4825 'skin' => false,
4826 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4827 'thumbsize' => 5,
4828 'underline' => 2,
4829 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4830 'usenewrc' => 1,
4831 'watchcreations' => 1,
4832 'watchdefault' => 1,
4833 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4834 'watchuploads' => 1,
4835 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4836 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4837 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4839 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4840 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4841 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4842 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4843 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4844 'watchmoves' => 0,
4845 'watchrollback' => 0,
4846 'wllimit' => 250,
4847 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4848 'prefershttps' => 1,
4849 ];
4850
4851 /**
4852 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4853 */
4854 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4855
4856 /**
4857 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4858 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4859 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4860 */
4861 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4862
4863 /**
4864 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4865 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4866 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4867 *
4868 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4869 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4870 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4871 */
4872 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4873
4874 /**
4875 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4876 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4877 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4878 * @since 1.17
4879 */
4880 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4881
4882 /**
4883 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4884 *
4885 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4886 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4887 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4888 *
4889 * @since 1.27
4890 * @var string|null
4891 */
4892 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4893
4894 /**
4895 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4896 *
4897 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4898 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4899 *
4900 * @since 1.27
4901 */
4902 $wgSessionProviders = [
4903 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4904 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4905 'args' => [ [
4906 'priority' => 30,
4907 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4908 ] ],
4909 ],
4910 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4911 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4912 'args' => [ [
4913 'priority' => 75,
4914 ] ],
4915 ],
4916 ];
4917
4918 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4919
4920 /************************************************************************//**
4921 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4922 * @{
4923 */
4924
4925 /**
4926 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4927 */
4928 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4929
4930 /**
4931 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4932 */
4933 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4934
4935 /**
4936 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4937 */
4938 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4939
4940 /**
4941 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4942 *
4943 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4944 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4945 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4946 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4947 *
4948 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4949 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4950 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4951 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4952 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4953 */
4954 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4955 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4956 'IPv6' => 19,
4957 ];
4958
4959 /**
4960 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4961 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4962 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4963 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4964 * anonymous visitors.
4965 */
4966 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4967
4968 /**
4969 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4970 *
4971 * @par Example:
4972 * @code
4973 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4974 * @endcode
4975 *
4976 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4977 *
4978 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4979 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4980 *
4981 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4982 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4983 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4984 */
4985 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4989 *
4990 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4991 * is without underscore.
4992 *
4993 * @par Example:
4994 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4995 * @code
4996 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4997 * @endcode
4998 *
4999 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5000 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5001 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5002 *
5003 * @par Example:
5004 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5005 * @code
5006 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5007 * @endcode
5008 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5009 *
5010 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5011 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5012 */
5013 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5014
5015 /**
5016 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5017 * address before being allowed to edit?
5018 */
5019 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5020
5021 /**
5022 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5023 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5024 */
5025 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5029 *
5030 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5031 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5032 *
5033 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5034 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5035 *
5036 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5037 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5038 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5039 * in in the user_groups table.
5040 *
5041 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5042 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5043 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5044 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5045 *
5046 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5047 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5048 *
5049 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5050 */
5051 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5052
5053 /** @cond file_level_code */
5054 // Implicit group for all visitors
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5068 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5069
5070 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5090
5091 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5094
5095 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5096 // from various log pages by default
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5105
5106 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5110 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5112 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5114 // can view deleted revision text
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5146 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5151
5152 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5155 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5157 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5158 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5159
5160 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5162 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5164 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5165 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5166 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5167 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5168 // For private suppression log access
5169 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5170
5171 /**
5172 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5173 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5174 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5175 * server.
5176 */
5177 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5178
5179 /** @endcond */
5180
5181 /**
5182 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5183 *
5184 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5185 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5186 *
5187 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5188 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5189 */
5190 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5191
5192 /**
5193 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5194 */
5195 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5196
5197 /**
5198 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5199 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5200 *
5201 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5202 * group".
5203 *
5204 * @par Example:
5205 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5206 * @code
5207 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5208 * @endcode
5209 *
5210 * @par Example:
5211 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5212 * @code
5213 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5214 * @endcode
5215 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5216 * any group that they happen to be in.
5217 */
5218 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5219
5220 /**
5221 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5222 */
5223 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5224
5225 /**
5226 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5227 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5228 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5229 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5230 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5231 */
5232 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5233
5234 /**
5235 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5236 *
5237 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5238 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5239 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5240 *
5241 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5242 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5243 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5244 */
5245 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5246
5247 /**
5248 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5249 *
5250 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5251 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5252 *
5253 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5254 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5255 */
5256 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5257
5258 /**
5259 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5260 *
5261 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5262 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5263 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5264 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5265 * "semiprotected".
5266 *
5267 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5268 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5269 */
5270 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5271
5272 /**
5273 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5274 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5275 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5276 *
5277 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5278 */
5279 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5280
5281 /**
5282 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5283 *
5284 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5285 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5286 *
5287 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5288 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5289 */
5290 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5291
5292 /**
5293 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5294 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5295 * privileges of new accounts.
5296 *
5297 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5298 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5299 *
5300 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5301 *
5302 * @par Example:
5303 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5304 * @code
5305 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5306 * @endcode
5307 * Set age to one day:
5308 * @code
5309 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5310 * @endcode
5311 */
5312 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5316 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5317 *
5318 * @par Example:
5319 * @code
5320 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5321 * @endcode
5322 */
5323 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5324
5325 /**
5326 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5327 *
5328 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5329 *
5330 * The format is
5331 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5332 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5333 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5334 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5335 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5336 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5339 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5341 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5342 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5343 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5344 *
5345 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5346 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5347 */
5348 $wgAutopromote = [
5349 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5350 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5351 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5352 ],
5353 ];
5354
5355 /**
5356 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5357 *
5358 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5359 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5360 *
5361 * The format is:
5362 * @code
5363 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5364 * @endcode
5365 * Where event is either:
5366 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5367 *
5368 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5369 *
5370 * @see $wgAutopromote
5371 * @since 1.18
5372 */
5373 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5374 'onEdit' => [],
5375 ];
5376
5377 /**
5378 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5379 * @since 1.18
5380 */
5381 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5382
5383 /**
5384 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5385 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5386 *
5387 * @par Example:
5388 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5389 * @code
5390 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5391 * @endcode
5392 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5393 * @code
5394 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5395 * @endcode
5396 * Sysops can make bots:
5397 * @code
5398 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5399 * @endcode
5400 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5401 * @code
5402 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5403 * @endcode
5404 */
5405 $wgAddGroups = [];
5406
5407 /**
5408 * @see $wgAddGroups
5409 */
5410 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5411
5412 /**
5413 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5414 * For extensions only.
5415 */
5416 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5417
5418 /**
5419 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5420 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5421 */
5422 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5423
5424 /**
5425 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5426 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5427 * This is limited for performance reason.
5428 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5429 * @since 1.23
5430 */
5431 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5432
5433 /**
5434 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5435 *
5436 * @par Example:
5437 * @code
5438 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5439 * // no more than 100 per month
5440 * [
5441 * 'count' => 100,
5442 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5443 * ],
5444 * // no more than 10 per day
5445 * [
5446 * 'count' => 10,
5447 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5448 * ],
5449 * ];
5450 * @endcode
5451 *
5452 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5453 */
5454 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5455 'count' => 0,
5456 'seconds' => 86400,
5457 ] ];
5458
5459 /**
5460 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5461 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5462 *
5463 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5464 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5465 *
5466 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5467 *
5468 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5469 */
5470 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5471
5472 /**
5473 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5474 */
5475 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5476
5477 /**
5478 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5479 * proxies
5480 * @since 1.16
5481 */
5482 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5483
5484 /**
5485 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5486 *
5487 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5488 * the blacklist require a key).
5489 *
5490 * @par Example:
5491 * @code
5492 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5493 * // String containing URL
5494 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5495 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5496 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5497 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5498 * // just use a string as shown above
5499 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5500 * ];
5501 * @endcode
5502 *
5503 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5504 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5505 * @since 1.16
5506 */
5507 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5508
5509 /**
5510 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5511 * what the other methods might say.
5512 */
5513 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5514
5515 /**
5516 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5517 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5518 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5519 */
5520 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5521
5522 /**
5523 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5524 *
5525 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5526 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5527 * elapses.
5528 *
5529 * @par Example:
5530 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5531 * @code
5532 * $wgRateLimits = [
5533 * 'edit' => [
5534 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5535 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5536 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5537 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5538 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5539 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5540 * ]
5541 * ];
5542 * @endcode
5543 *
5544 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5545 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5546 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5547 * @code
5548 * $wgRateLimits = [
5549 * 'some-action' => [
5550 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5551 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5552 * ];
5553 * @endcode
5554 *
5555 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5556 */
5557 $wgRateLimits = [
5558 // Page edits
5559 'edit' => [
5560 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5561 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5562 ],
5563 // Page moves
5564 'move' => [
5565 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5566 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5567 ],
5568 // File uploads
5569 'upload' => [
5570 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5571 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5572 ],
5573 // Page rollbacks
5574 'rollback' => [
5575 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5576 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5577 ],
5578 // Triggering password resets emails
5579 'mailpassword' => [
5580 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5581 ],
5582 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5583 'emailuser' => [
5584 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5585 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5586 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5587 ],
5588 // Purging pages
5589 'purge' => [
5590 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5591 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5592 ],
5593 // Purges of link tables
5594 'linkpurge' => [
5595 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5596 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5597 ],
5598 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5599 'renderfile' => [
5600 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5601 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5602 ],
5603 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5604 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5605 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5606 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5607 ],
5608 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5609 'stashedit' => [
5610 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5611 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5612 ],
5613 // Adding or removing change tags
5614 'changetag' => [
5615 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5616 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5617 ],
5618 // Changing the content model of a page
5619 'editcontentmodel' => [
5620 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5621 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5622 ],
5623 ];
5624
5625 /**
5626 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5627 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5628 */
5629 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5630
5631 /**
5632 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5633 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5634 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5635 */
5636 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5637
5638 /**
5639 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5640 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5641 */
5642 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5643
5644 /**
5645 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5646 *
5647 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5648 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5649 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5650 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5651 *
5652 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5653 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5654 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5655 */
5656 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5657 // Short term limit
5658 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5659 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5660 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5661 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5662 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5663 ];
5664
5665 /**
5666 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5667 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5668 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5669 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5670 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5671 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5672 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5673 * @since 1.27
5674 */
5675 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5676
5677 // @TODO: clean up grants
5678 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5679
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5690
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5695
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5700
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5707
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5709
5710 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5714
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5722
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5725
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5728 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5729 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5730 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5731 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5732
5733 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5734
5735 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5736
5737 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5738 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5739
5740 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5742 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5743
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5745
5746 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5748 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5751 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5752 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5753
5754 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5756
5757 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5758
5759 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5760
5761 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5762
5763 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5764
5765 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5766
5767 /**
5768 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5769 * @since 1.27
5770 */
5771 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5772 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5773 'basic' => 'hidden',
5774
5775 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5776 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5777 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5778 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5779
5780 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5781 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5782
5783 'sendemail' => 'email',
5784
5785 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5786 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5787
5788 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5789 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5790
5791 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5792 'rollback' => 'administration',
5793 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5794 'delete' => 'administration',
5795 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5796 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5797 'protect' => 'administration',
5798 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5799
5800 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5801
5802 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5803 ];
5804
5805 /**
5806 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5807 * @since 1.27
5808 */
5809 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5810
5811 /**
5812 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5813 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5814 * @since 1.27
5815 */
5816 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5817
5818 /**
5819 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5820 *
5821 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5822 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5823 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5824 * @since 1.27
5825 */
5826 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5827
5828 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5829
5830 /************************************************************************//**
5831 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5832 * @{
5833 */
5834
5835 /**
5836 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5837 */
5838 $wgSecretKey = false;
5839
5840 /**
5841 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5842 *
5843 * This can have the following formats:
5844 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5845 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5846 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5847 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5848 */
5849 $wgProxyList = [];
5850
5851 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5852
5853 /************************************************************************//**
5854 * @name Cookie settings
5855 * @{
5856 */
5857
5858 /**
5859 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5860 */
5861 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5862
5863 /**
5864 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5865 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5866 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5867 * login cookies session-only.
5868 */
5869 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5870
5871 /**
5872 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5873 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5874 */
5875 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5876
5877 /**
5878 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5879 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5880 */
5881 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5882
5883 /**
5884 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5885 * - true: Set secure flag
5886 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5887 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5888 */
5889 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5890
5891 /**
5892 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5893 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5894 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5895 * check.
5896 */
5897 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5898
5899 /**
5900 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5901 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5902 * name to be used as a prefix.
5903 */
5904 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5905
5906 /**
5907 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5908 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5909 * XSS attack.
5910 */
5911 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5912
5913 /**
5914 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5915 */
5916 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5917
5918 /**
5919 * Override to customise the session name
5920 */
5921 $wgSessionName = false;
5922
5923 /**
5924 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5925 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked.
5926 */
5927 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
5928
5929 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5930
5931 /************************************************************************//**
5932 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5933 * @{
5934 */
5935
5936 /**
5937 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5938 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5939 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5940 * Please see math/README for more information.
5941 */
5942 $wgUseTeX = false;
5943
5944 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5945
5946 /************************************************************************//**
5947 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5948 *
5949 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5950 *
5951 * @{
5952 */
5953
5954 /**
5955 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5956 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5957 * may contain private data.
5958 */
5959 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5960
5961 /**
5962 * Prefix for debug log lines
5963 */
5964 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5965
5966 /**
5967 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5968 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5969 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5970 */
5971 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5972
5973 /**
5974 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5975 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5976 * and gen=js requests.
5977 */
5978 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5982 *
5983 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5984 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5985 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5986 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5987 */
5988 $wgDebugComments = false;
5989
5990 /**
5991 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5992 *
5993 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5994 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5995 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5996 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5997 */
5998 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5999
6000 /**
6001 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6002 *
6003 * @since 1.26
6004 */
6005 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6006 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6007 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6008 'GET' => [
6009 'masterConns' => 0,
6010 'writes' => 0,
6011 'readQueryTime' => 5
6012 ],
6013 // HTTP POST requests.
6014 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6015 'POST' => [
6016 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6017 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6018 'maxAffected' => 1000
6019 ],
6020 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6021 'masterConns' => 0,
6022 'writes' => 0,
6023 'readQueryTime' => 5
6024 ],
6025 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6026 'PostSend' => [
6027 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6028 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6029 'maxAffected' => 1000
6030 ],
6031 // Background job runner
6032 'JobRunner' => [
6033 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6034 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6035 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6036 ],
6037 // Command-line scripts
6038 'Maintenance' => [
6039 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6040 'maxAffected' => 1000
6041 ]
6042 ];
6043
6044 /**
6045 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6046 *
6047 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6048 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6049 * in production.
6050 *
6051 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6052 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6053 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6054 * - associative array with keys:
6055 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6056 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6057 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6058 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6059 *
6060 * @par Example:
6061 * @code
6062 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6063 * @endcode
6064 *
6065 * @par Advanced example:
6066 * @code
6067 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6068 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6069 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6070 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6071 * ];
6072 * @endcode
6073 */
6074 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6075
6076 /**
6077 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6078 *
6079 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6080 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6081 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6082 * details.
6083 *
6084 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6085 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6086 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6087 *
6088 * @par To completely disable logging:
6089 * @code
6090 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6091 * @endcode
6092 *
6093 * @since 1.25
6094 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6095 * @see MwLogger
6096 */
6097 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6098 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6099 ];
6100
6101 /**
6102 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6103 *
6104 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6105 */
6106 $wgShowDebug = false;
6107
6108 /**
6109 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6110 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6111 */
6112 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6116 */
6117 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6118
6119 /**
6120 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6121 */
6122 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6123
6124 /**
6125 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6126 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6127 * to an attacker.
6128 */
6129 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6133 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6134 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6135 * formatting.
6136 */
6137 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6138
6139 /**
6140 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6141 *
6142 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6143 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6144 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6145 * exception handler.
6146 */
6147 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6148
6149 /**
6150 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6151 */
6152 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6153
6154 /**
6155 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6156 */
6157 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6158
6159 /**
6160 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6161 * Should be a string, default false.
6162 * @since 1.20
6163 */
6164 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6165
6166 /**
6167 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6168 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6169 */
6170 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6171
6172 /**
6173 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6174 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6175 * after the limit.
6176 */
6177 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6178
6179 /**
6180 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6181 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6182 */
6183 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6184
6185 /**
6186 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6187 *
6188 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6189 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6190 */
6191 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6192
6193 /**
6194 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6195 *
6196 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6197 *
6198 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6199 *
6200 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6201 * @since 1.25
6202 */
6203 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6204
6205 /**
6206 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6207 *
6208 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6209 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6210 * @since 1.25
6211 */
6212 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6213
6214 /**
6215 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6216 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6217 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6218 * @since 1.28
6219 */
6220 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6221
6222 /**
6223 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6224 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6225 * templates.
6226 */
6227 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6231 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6232 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6233 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6234 */
6235 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6236
6237 /**
6238 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6239 * filename is passed to it.
6240 *
6241 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6242 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6243 *
6244 * Use full paths.
6245 */
6246 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6247 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6248 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6249 ];
6250
6251 /**
6252 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6253 */
6254 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6255
6256 /**
6257 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6258 * @since 1.19
6259 */
6260 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6264 * queries and other useful output.
6265 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6266 *
6267 * @since 1.19
6268 */
6269 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6270
6271 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6272
6273 /************************************************************************//**
6274 * @name Search
6275 * @{
6276 */
6277
6278 /**
6279 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6280 */
6281 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6285 * by default off due to execution overhead
6286 */
6287 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6288
6289 /**
6290 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6291 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6292 */
6293 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6297 *
6298 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6299 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6300 *
6301 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6302 *
6303 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6304 */
6305 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6306
6307 /**
6308 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6309 *
6310 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6311 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6312 *
6313 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6314 */
6315 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6316 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6317 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6318 ];
6319
6320 /**
6321 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6322 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6323 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6324 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6325 */
6326 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6327
6328 /**
6329 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6330 * OpenSearch call.
6331 */
6332 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6336 */
6337 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6338
6339 /**
6340 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6341 */
6342 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6343
6344 /**
6345 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6346 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6347 */
6348 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6349
6350 /**
6351 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6352 *
6353 * @par Example:
6354 * @code
6355 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6356 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6357 * @endcode
6358 */
6359 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6360 NS_MAIN => true,
6361 ];
6362
6363 /**
6364 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6365 * implemented by an extension instead.
6366 */
6367 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6371 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6372 * search term.
6373 *
6374 * @par Example:
6375 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6376 * @code
6377 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6378 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6379 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6380 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6381 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6382 * @endcode
6383 */
6384 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6385
6386 /**
6387 * Search form behavior.
6388 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6389 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6390 */
6391 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6392
6393 /**
6394 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6395 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6396 * generated for all namespaces.
6397 */
6398 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6399
6400 /**
6401 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6402 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6403 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6404 *
6405 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6406 * @par Example:
6407 * @code
6408 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6409 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6410 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6411 * ];
6412 * @endcode
6413 */
6414 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6415
6416 /**
6417 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6418 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6419 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6420 */
6421 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6422
6423 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6424
6425 /************************************************************************//**
6426 * @name Edit user interface
6427 * @{
6428 */
6429
6430 /**
6431 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6432 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6433 */
6434 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6435
6436 /**
6437 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6438 */
6439 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6443 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6444 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6445 */
6446 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6447 NS_CATEGORY => true
6448 ];
6449
6450 /**
6451 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6452 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6453 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6454 */
6455 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6456
6457 /**
6458 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6459 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6460 * ting this variable false.
6461 */
6462 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6463
6464 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6465
6466 /************************************************************************//**
6467 * @name Maintenance
6468 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6469 * @{
6470 */
6471
6472 /**
6473 * @cond file_level_code
6474 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6475 */
6476 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6477 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6478 }
6479 /** @endcond */
6480
6481 /**
6482 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6483 */
6484 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6485
6486 /**
6487 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6488 * used as an explanation to users.
6489 *
6490 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6491 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6492 * option in MySQL.
6493 */
6494 $wgReadOnly = null;
6495
6496 /**
6497 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6498 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6499 * message.
6500 *
6501 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6502 */
6503 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6504
6505 /**
6506 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6507 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6508 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6509 *
6510 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6511 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6512 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6513 */
6514 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6515
6516 /**
6517 * Fully specified path to git binary
6518 */
6519 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6520
6521 /**
6522 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6523 *
6524 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6525 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6526 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6527 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6528 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6529 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6530 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6531 *
6532 * @since 1.20
6533 */
6534 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6535 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6536 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6537 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6538 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6539 ];
6540
6541 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6542
6543 /************************************************************************//**
6544 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6545 * @{
6546 */
6547
6548 /**
6549 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6550 * seconds will go.
6551 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6552 */
6553 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6554
6555 /**
6556 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6557 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6558 * @since 1.26
6559 */
6560 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6561
6562 /**
6563 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6564 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6565 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6566 * @since 1.26
6567 */
6568 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6572 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6573 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6574 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6575 * is still there.
6576 */
6577 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6578
6579 /**
6580 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6581 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6582 */
6583 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6584
6585 /**
6586 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6587 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6588 */
6589 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6590
6591 /**
6592 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6593 * should be sent.
6594 *
6595 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6596 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6597 * specified server.
6598 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6599 *
6600 * The common options are:
6601 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6602 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6603 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6604 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6605 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6606 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6607 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6608 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6609 *
6610 * The IRC-specific options are:
6611 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6612 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6613 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6614 *
6615 * The JSON-specific options are:
6616 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6617 *
6618 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6619 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6620 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6621 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6622 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6623 * ];
6624 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6625 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6626 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6627 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6628 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6629 * ];
6630 * @since 1.22
6631 */
6632 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6633
6634 /**
6635 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6636 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6637 */
6638 $wgRCEngines = [
6639 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6640 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6641 ];
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6645 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6646 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6647 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6648 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6649 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6650 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6651 *
6652 * @since 1.27
6653 */
6654 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6655
6656 /**
6657 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6658 * New pages and new files are included.
6659 */
6660 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6661
6662 /**
6663 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6664 */
6665 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6666
6667 /**
6668 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6669 *
6670 * @since 1.27
6671 */
6672 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6676 */
6677 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6681 */
6682 $wgFeed = true;
6683
6684 /**
6685 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6686 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6687 */
6688 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6689
6690 /**
6691 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6692 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6693 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6694 *
6695 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6696 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6697 */
6698 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6699
6700 /**
6701 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6702 * pages larger than this size.
6703 */
6704 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6705
6706 /**
6707 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6708 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6709 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6710 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6711 * as value.
6712 * @par Example:
6713 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6714 * @code
6715 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6716 * @endcode
6717 */
6718 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6719
6720 /**
6721 * Available feeds objects.
6722 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6723 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6724 */
6725 $wgFeedClasses = [
6726 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6727 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6728 ];
6729
6730 /**
6731 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6732 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6733 */
6734 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6738 */
6739 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6740
6741 /**
6742 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6743 */
6744 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6745
6746 /**
6747 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6748 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6749 * highlighted on the RC page.
6750 */
6751 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6752
6753 /**
6754 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6755 * view for watched pages with new changes
6756 */
6757 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6758
6759 /**
6760 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6761 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6762 */
6763 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6764
6765 /**
6766 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6767 */
6768 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6772 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6773 */
6774 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6775
6776 /**
6777 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6778 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6779 * watchers.
6780 *
6781 * @since 1.21
6782 */
6783 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6784
6785 /**
6786 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6787 * certain types of edits.
6788 *
6789 * To register a new one:
6790 * @code
6791 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6792 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6793 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6794 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6795 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6796 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6797 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6798 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6799 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6800 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6801 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6802 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6803 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6804 * ];
6805 * @endcode
6806 *
6807 * @since 1.22
6808 */
6809 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6810 'newpage' => [
6811 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6812 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6813 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6814 'grouping' => 'any',
6815 ],
6816 'minor' => [
6817 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6818 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6819 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6820 'class' => 'minoredit',
6821 'grouping' => 'all',
6822 ],
6823 'bot' => [
6824 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6825 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6826 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6827 'class' => 'botedit',
6828 'grouping' => 'all',
6829 ],
6830 'unpatrolled' => [
6831 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6832 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6833 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6834 'grouping' => 'any',
6835 ],
6836 ];
6837
6838 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6839
6840 /************************************************************************//**
6841 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6842 * @{
6843 */
6844
6845 /**
6846 * Override for copyright metadata.
6847 *
6848 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6849 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6850 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6851 */
6852 $wgRightsPage = null;
6853
6854 /**
6855 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6856 * wiki.
6857 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6858 */
6859 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6860
6861 /**
6862 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6863 * link.
6864 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6865 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6866 */
6867 $wgRightsText = null;
6868
6869 /**
6870 * Override for copyright metadata.
6871 */
6872 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6873
6874 /**
6875 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6876 */
6877 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6878
6879 /**
6880 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6881 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6882 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6883 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6884 * large wikis.
6885 */
6886 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6887
6888 /**
6889 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6890 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6891 */
6892 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6893
6894 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6895
6896 /************************************************************************//**
6897 * @name Import / Export
6898 * @{
6899 */
6900
6901 /**
6902 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6903 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6904 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6905 *
6906 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6907 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6908 * e.g.
6909 * @code
6910 * $wgImportSources = [
6911 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6912 * 'wikispecies',
6913 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6914 * ];
6915 * @endcode
6916 *
6917 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6918 * the ImportSources hook.
6919 *
6920 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6921 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6922 */
6923 $wgImportSources = [];
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6927 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6928 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6929 *
6930 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6931 */
6932 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6936 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6937 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6938 */
6939 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6940
6941 /**
6942 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6943 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6944 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6945 */
6946 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6950 */
6951 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6952
6953 /**
6954 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6955 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6956 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6957 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6958 * it's disabled by default for now.
6959 *
6960 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6961 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6962 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6963 */
6964 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6968 */
6969 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6970
6971 /**
6972 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6973 */
6974 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6978 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6979 *
6980 * @since 1.27
6981 */
6982 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6983
6984 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6985
6986 /*************************************************************************//**
6987 * @name Extensions
6988 * @{
6989 */
6990
6991 /**
6992 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6993 * initialised
6994 */
6995 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6996
6997 /**
6998 * Extension messages files.
6999 *
7000 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7001 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7002 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7003 * is the most common.
7004 *
7005 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7006 * in the core.
7007 *
7008 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7009 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7010 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7011 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7012 *
7013 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7014 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7015 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7016 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7017 *
7018 * @par Example:
7019 * @code
7020 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7021 * @endcode
7022 */
7023 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7024
7025 /**
7026 * Extension messages directories.
7027 *
7028 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7029 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7030 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7031 * message directories.
7032 *
7033 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7034 *
7035 * @par Simple example:
7036 * @code
7037 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7038 * @endcode
7039 *
7040 * @par Complex example:
7041 * @code
7042 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7043 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7044 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7045 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7046 * ]
7047 * @endcode
7048 * @since 1.23
7049 */
7050 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7051
7052 /**
7053 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7054 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7055 * @since 1.22
7056 */
7057 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7058
7059 /**
7060 * Parser output hooks.
7061 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7062 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7063 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7064 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7065 *
7066 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7067 *
7068 * The callback has the form:
7069 * @code
7070 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7071 * @endcode
7072 */
7073 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7074
7075 /**
7076 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7077 */
7078 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7079
7080 /**
7081 * List of valid skin names
7082 *
7083 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7084 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7085 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7086 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7087 */
7088 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7089
7090 /**
7091 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7092 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7093 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7094 * SpecialPage.
7095 */
7096 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7097
7098 /**
7099 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7100 */
7101 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7102
7103 /**
7104 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7105 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7106 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7107 */
7108 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7109
7110 /**
7111 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7112 *
7113 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7114 *
7115 * @code
7116 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7117 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7118 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7119 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7120 * 'author' => [
7121 * 'Foo Barstein',
7122 * ],
7123 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7124 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7125 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7126 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7127 * ];
7128 * @endcode
7129 *
7130 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7131 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7132 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7133 * interpreted as wikitext.
7134 *
7135 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7136 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7137 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7138 *
7139 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7140 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7141 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7142 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7143 *
7144 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7145 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7146 * usually are.)
7147 *
7148 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7149 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7150 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7151 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7152 *
7153 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7154 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7155 *
7156 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7157 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7158 *
7159 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7160 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7161 */
7162 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7163
7164 /**
7165 * Authentication plugin.
7166 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7167 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7168 */
7169 $wgAuth = null;
7170
7171 /**
7172 * Global list of hooks.
7173 *
7174 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7175 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7176 * internally by Hook:run().
7177 *
7178 * The value can be one of:
7179 *
7180 * - A function name:
7181 * @code
7182 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7183 * @endcode
7184 * - A function with some data:
7185 * @code
7186 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7187 * @endcode
7188 * - A an object method:
7189 * @code
7190 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7191 * @endcode
7192 * - A closure:
7193 * @code
7194 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7195 * // Handler code goes here.
7196 * };
7197 * @endcode
7198 *
7199 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7200 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7201 *
7202 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7203 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7204 */
7205 $wgHooks = [];
7206
7207 /**
7208 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7209 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7210 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7211 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7212 * hook for that.
7213 *
7214 * @see MediaWikiServices
7215 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7216 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7217 */
7218 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7219 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7220 ];
7221
7222 /**
7223 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7224 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7225 */
7226 $wgJobClasses = [
7227 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7228 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7229 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7230 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7231 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7232 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7233 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7234 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7235 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7236 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7237 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7238 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7239 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7240 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7241 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7242 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7243 'null' => 'NullJob'
7244 ];
7245
7246 /**
7247 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7248 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7249 *
7250 * These can be:
7251 * - Very long-running jobs.
7252 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7253 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7254 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7255 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7256 */
7257 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7261 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7262 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7263 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7264 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7265 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7266 * @var float[]
7267 */
7268 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7269
7270 /**
7271 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7272 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7273 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7274 *
7275 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7276 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7277 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7278 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7279 *
7280 * @var float|bool
7281 * @since 1.26
7282 */
7283 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7284
7285 /**
7286 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7287 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7288 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7289 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7290 */
7291 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7292 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7293 ];
7294
7295 /**
7296 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7297 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7298 */
7299 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7300 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7301 ];
7302
7303 /**
7304 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7305 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7306 */
7307 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7308 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7309 ];
7310
7311 /**
7312 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7313 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7314 * or:
7315 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7316 * Hooks should return strings or false
7317 */
7318 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7319
7320 /**
7321 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7322 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7323 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7324 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7325 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7326 */
7327 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7328 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7329 ];
7330
7331 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7332
7333 /*************************************************************************//**
7334 * @name Categories
7335 * @{
7336 */
7337
7338 /**
7339 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7340 */
7341 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7342
7343 /**
7344 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7345 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7346 */
7347 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7348
7349 /**
7350 * Paging limit for categories
7351 */
7352 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7353
7354 /**
7355 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7356 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7357 *
7358 * Available values are:
7359 *
7360 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7361 *
7362 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7363 *
7364 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7365 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7366 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7367 *
7368 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7369 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7370 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7371 * server.
7372 *
7373 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7374 * the sort keys in the database.
7375 *
7376 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7377 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7378 */
7379 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7380
7381 /** @} */ # End categories }
7382
7383 /*************************************************************************//**
7384 * @name Logging
7385 * @{
7386 */
7387
7388 /**
7389 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7390 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7391 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7392 * log type.
7393 */
7394 $wgLogTypes = [
7395 '',
7396 'block',
7397 'protect',
7398 'rights',
7399 'delete',
7400 'upload',
7401 'move',
7402 'import',
7403 'patrol',
7404 'merge',
7405 'suppress',
7406 'tag',
7407 'managetags',
7408 'contentmodel',
7409 ];
7410
7411 /**
7412 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7413 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7414 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7415 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7416 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7417 */
7418 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7419 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7420 ];
7421
7422 /**
7423 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7424 *
7425 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7426 *
7427 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7428 *
7429 * @par Example:
7430 * @code
7431 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7432 * @endcode
7433 *
7434 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7435 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7436 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7437 *
7438 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7439 * for the link text.
7440 */
7441 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7442 'patrol' => true,
7443 'tag' => true,
7444 ];
7445
7446 /**
7447 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7448 * will be listed in the user interface.
7449 *
7450 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7451 *
7452 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7453 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7454 */
7455 $wgLogNames = [
7456 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7457 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7458 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7459 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7460 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7461 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7462 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7463 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7464 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7465 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7466 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7467 ];
7468
7469 /**
7470 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7471 * top of each log type.
7472 *
7473 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7474 *
7475 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7476 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7477 */
7478 $wgLogHeaders = [
7479 '' => 'alllogstext',
7480 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7481 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7482 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7483 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7484 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7485 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7486 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7487 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7488 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7489 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7490 ];
7491
7492 /**
7493 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7494 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7495 *
7496 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7497 */
7498 $wgLogActions = [];
7499
7500 /**
7501 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7502 * not messages.
7503 * @see LogPage::actionText
7504 * @see LogFormatter
7505 */
7506 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7507 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7508 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7509 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7510 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7511 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7512 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7513 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7514 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7515 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7516 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7517 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7518 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7519 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7520 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7521 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7522 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7523 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7524 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7525 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7526 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7527 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7528 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7529 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7530 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7531 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7532 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7533 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7534 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7535 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7536 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7537 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7538 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7539 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7540 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7541 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7542 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7543 ];
7544
7545 /**
7546 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7547 *
7548 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7549 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7550 * Extensions may append to this array
7551 * @since 1.27
7552 */
7553 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7554 'block' => [
7555 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7556 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7557 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7558 ],
7559 'contentmodel' => [
7560 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7561 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7562 ],
7563 'delete' => [
7564 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7565 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7566 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7567 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7568 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7569 ],
7570 'import' => [
7571 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7572 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7573 ],
7574 'managetags' => [
7575 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7576 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7577 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7578 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7579 ],
7580 'move' => [
7581 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7582 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7583 ],
7584 'newusers' => [
7585 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7586 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7587 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7588 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7589 ],
7590 'patrol' => [
7591 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7592 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7593 ],
7594 'protect' => [
7595 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7596 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7597 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7598 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7599 ],
7600 'rights' => [
7601 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7602 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7603 ],
7604 'suppress' => [
7605 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7606 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7607 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7608 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7609 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7610 ],
7611 'upload' => [
7612 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7613 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7614 ],
7615 ];
7616
7617 /**
7618 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7619 */
7620 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7621
7622 /** @} */ # end logging }
7623
7624 /*************************************************************************//**
7625 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7626 * @{
7627 */
7628
7629 /**
7630 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7631 */
7632 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7633
7634 /**
7635 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7636 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7637 */
7638 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7639
7640 /**
7641 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7642 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7643 */
7644 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7645
7646 /**
7647 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7648 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7649 */
7650 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7651
7652 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7653
7654 /*************************************************************************//**
7655 * @name Actions
7656 * @{
7657 */
7658
7659 /**
7660 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7661 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7662 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7663 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7664 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7665 * instead of the default class.
7666 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7667 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7668 */
7669 $wgActions = [
7670 'credits' => true,
7671 'delete' => true,
7672 'edit' => true,
7673 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7674 'history' => true,
7675 'info' => true,
7676 'markpatrolled' => true,
7677 'protect' => true,
7678 'purge' => true,
7679 'raw' => true,
7680 'render' => true,
7681 'revert' => true,
7682 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7683 'rollback' => true,
7684 'submit' => true,
7685 'unprotect' => true,
7686 'unwatch' => true,
7687 'view' => true,
7688 'watch' => true,
7689 ];
7690
7691 /** @} */ # end actions }
7692
7693 /*************************************************************************//**
7694 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7695 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7696 * @{
7697 */
7698
7699 /**
7700 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7701 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7702 * basis.
7703 */
7704 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7705
7706 /**
7707 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7708 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7709 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7710 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7711 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7712 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7713 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7714 *
7715 * @par Example:
7716 * @code
7717 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7718 * @endcode
7719 */
7720 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7721
7722 /**
7723 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7724 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7725 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7726 *
7727 * @par Example:
7728 * @code
7729 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7730 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7731 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7732 * ];
7733 * @endcode
7734 *
7735 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7736 * forms:
7737 * @code
7738 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7739 * # Underscore, not space!
7740 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7741 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7742 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7743 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7744 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7745 * ];
7746 * @endcode
7747 */
7748 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7749
7750 /**
7751 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7752 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7753 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7754 *
7755 * @par Example:
7756 * @code
7757 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7758 * @endcode
7759 */
7760 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7761
7762 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7763
7764 /************************************************************************//**
7765 * @name AJAX and API
7766 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7767 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7768 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7769 * @{
7770 */
7771
7772 /**
7773 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7774 * machine-readable data via api.php
7775 *
7776 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7777 */
7778 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7779
7780 /**
7781 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7782 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7783 * accesses it
7784 */
7785 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7786
7787 /**
7788 *
7789 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7790 *
7791 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7792 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7793 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7794 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7795 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7796 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7797 * requiring POST.
7798 *
7799 * @since 1.21
7800 */
7801 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7802
7803 /**
7804 * API module extensions.
7805 *
7806 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7807 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7808 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7809 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7810 *
7811 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7812 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7813 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7814 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7815 * field.
7816 *
7817 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7818 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7819 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7820 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7821 *
7822 * Examples for registering API modules:
7823 *
7824 * @code
7825 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7826 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7827 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7828 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7829 * ];
7830 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7831 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7832 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7833 * ];
7834 * @endcode
7835 *
7836 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7837 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7838 */
7839 $wgAPIModules = [];
7840
7841 /**
7842 * API format module extensions.
7843 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7844 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7845 *
7846 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7847 */
7848 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7849
7850 /**
7851 * API Query meta module extensions.
7852 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7853 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7854 *
7855 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7856 */
7857 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7858
7859 /**
7860 * API Query prop module extensions.
7861 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7862 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7863 *
7864 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7865 */
7866 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7867
7868 /**
7869 * API Query list module extensions.
7870 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7871 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7872 *
7873 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7874 */
7875 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7876
7877 /**
7878 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7879 * The default value is generally fine
7880 */
7881 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7882
7883 /**
7884 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7885 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7886 */
7887 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7888
7889 /**
7890 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7891 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7892 */
7893 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7894
7895 /**
7896 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7897 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7898 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7899 */
7900 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7901
7902 /**
7903 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7904 * API request logging
7905 */
7906 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7907
7908 /**
7909 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7910 */
7911 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7912
7913 /**
7914 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7915 * API queries.
7916 */
7917 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7918 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7919 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7920 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7921 ];
7922
7923 /**
7924 * Enable AJAX framework
7925 */
7926 $wgUseAjax = true;
7927
7928 /**
7929 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7930 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7931 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7932 */
7933 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7934
7935 /**
7936 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7937 */
7938 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7942 */
7943 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7944
7945 /**
7946 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7947 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7948 */
7949 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7950
7951 /**
7952 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7953 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7954 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7955 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7956 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7957 *
7958 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7959 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7960 *
7961 * @par Example:
7962 * @code
7963 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7964 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7965 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7966 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7967 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7968 * ];
7969 * @endcode
7970 */
7971 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7972
7973 /**
7974 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7975 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7976 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7977 */
7978 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7979
7980 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7981
7982 /************************************************************************//**
7983 * @name Shell and process control
7984 * @{
7985 */
7986
7987 /**
7988 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7989 */
7990 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7991
7992 /**
7993 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7994 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7995 */
7996 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7997
7998 /**
7999 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8000 */
8001 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8002
8003 /**
8004 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8005 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8006 */
8007 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8008
8009 /**
8010 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8011 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8012 *
8013 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8014 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8015 * them segfault or deadlock.
8016 *
8017 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8018 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8019 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8020 *
8021 * @par Example:
8022 * @code
8023 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8024 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8025 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8026 * @endcode
8027 *
8028 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8029 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8030 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8031 */
8032 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8033
8034 /**
8035 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8036 */
8037 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8038
8039 /**
8040 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8041 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8042 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8043 */
8044 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8045
8046 /** @} */ # End shell }
8047
8048 /************************************************************************//**
8049 * @name HTTP client
8050 * @{
8051 */
8052
8053 /**
8054 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8055 */
8056 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8057
8058 /**
8059 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8060 */
8061 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8062
8063 /**
8064 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8065 */
8066 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8067
8068 /**
8069 * Local virtual hosts.
8070 *
8071 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8072 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8073 * then no proxy will be used.
8074 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8075 * proxy if it is configured.
8076 * @since 1.25
8077 */
8078 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8079
8080 /**
8081 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8082 * Only works for curl
8083 */
8084 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8085
8086 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8087
8088 /************************************************************************//**
8089 * @name Job queue
8090 * @{
8091 */
8092
8093 /**
8094 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8095 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8096 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8097 * be run periodically.
8098 */
8099 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8100
8101 /**
8102 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8103 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8104 * execution finishes.
8105 *
8106 * @since 1.23
8107 */
8108 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8109
8110 /**
8111 * Number of rows to update per job
8112 */
8113 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8114
8115 /**
8116 * Number of rows to update per query
8117 */
8118 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8119
8120 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8121
8122 /************************************************************************//**
8123 * @name Miscellaneous
8124 * @{
8125 */
8126
8127 /**
8128 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8129 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8130 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8131 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8132 */
8133 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8134
8135 /**
8136 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8137 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8138 *
8139 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8140 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8141 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8142 */
8143 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8144
8145 /**
8146 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8147 * For debugging
8148 */
8149 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8150
8151 /**
8152 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8153 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8154 */
8155 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8159 */
8160 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8161
8162 /**
8163 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8164 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8165 */
8166 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8167
8168 /**
8169 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8170 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8171 */
8172 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8173
8174 /**
8175 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8176 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8177 *
8178 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8179 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8180 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8181 * parameters.
8182 *
8183 * @par Example:
8184 * @code
8185 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8186 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8187 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8188 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8189 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8190 * ... any extension-specific options...
8191 * ];
8192 * @endcode
8193 */
8194 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8195
8196 /**
8197 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8198 */
8199 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8203 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8204 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8205 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8206 *
8207 * @since 1.21
8208 */
8209 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8210
8211 /**
8212 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8213 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8214 *
8215 * * 'ignore': return null
8216 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8217 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8218 *
8219 * @since 1.21
8220 */
8221 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8222
8223 /**
8224 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8225 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8226 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8227 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8228 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8229 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8230 *
8231 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8232 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8233 *
8234 * @since 1.21
8235 */
8236 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8237
8238 /**
8239 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8240 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8241 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8242 *
8243 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8244 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8245 *
8246 * @since 1.21
8247 */
8248 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8249 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8250 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8251 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8252 ];
8253
8254 /**
8255 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8256 *
8257 * @since 1.20
8258 */
8259 $wgSiteTypes = [
8260 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8261 ];
8262
8263 /**
8264 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8265 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8266 * @since 1.23
8267 */
8268 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8269
8270 /**
8271 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8272 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8273 * @see bug 65184
8274 * @since 1.24
8275 */
8276 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8277
8278 /**
8279 * Secret for session storage.
8280 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8281 * be used.
8282 * @since 1.27
8283 */
8284 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8285
8286 /**
8287 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8288 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8289 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8290 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8291 * @since 1.27
8292 */
8293 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8294
8295 /**
8296 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8297 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8298 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8299 * be used.
8300 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8301 * @since 1.24
8302 */
8303 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8304
8305 /**
8306 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8307 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8308 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8309 * @since 1.24
8310 */
8311 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8312
8313 /**
8314 * Enable page language feature
8315 * Allows setting page language in database
8316 * @var bool
8317 * @since 1.24
8318 */
8319 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8320
8321 /**
8322 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8323 *
8324 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8325 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8326 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8327 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8328 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8329 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8330 *
8331 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8332 *
8333 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8334 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8335 * 'options' => [
8336 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8337 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8338 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8339 * ]
8340 * ];
8341 *
8342 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8343 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8344 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8345 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8346 *
8347 * Example config for Parsoid:
8348 *
8349 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8350 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8351 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8352 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8353 * ];
8354 *
8355 * @var array
8356 * @since 1.25
8357 */
8358 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8359 'paths' => [],
8360 'modules' => [],
8361 'global' => [
8362 # Timeout in seconds
8363 'timeout' => 360,
8364 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8365 'forwardCookies' => false,
8366 'HTTPProxy' => null
8367 ]
8368 ];
8369
8370 /**
8371 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8372 * these suggestions.
8373 *
8374 * @var bool
8375 * @since 1.26
8376 */
8377 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Where popular password file is located.
8381 *
8382 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8383 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8384 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8385 *
8386 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8387 * @since 1.27
8388 * @var string path to file
8389 */
8390 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8391
8392 /*
8393 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8394 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8395 *
8396 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8397 * @since 1.27
8398 */
8399 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8400
8401 /**
8402 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8403 *
8404 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8405 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8406 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8407 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8408 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8409 *
8410 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8411 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8412 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8413 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8414 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8415 *
8416 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8417 *
8418 * @since 1.27
8419 */
8420 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8421 'default' => [
8422 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8423 ]
8424 ];
8425
8426 /**
8427 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8428 *
8429 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8430 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8431 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8432 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8433 *
8434 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8435 *
8436 * @var bool
8437 * @since 1.28
8438 */
8439 $wgPingback = false;
8440
8441 /**
8442 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8443 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8444 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8445 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8446 *
8447 * @since 1.28
8448 */
8449 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8450 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8451 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8452 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8453 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8454 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8455 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8456 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8457 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8458 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8459 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8460 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8461 ];
8462
8463 /**
8464 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8465 *
8466 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8467 *
8468 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8469 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8470 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8471 *
8472 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8473 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8474 */
8475 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8476 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8477 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8478 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8479
8480 /**
8481 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8482 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8483 * @}
8484 */